1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 432 /* 433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 437 ** 438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 444 */ 445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 446 struct PagerSavepoint { 447 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 448 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 449 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 450 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 451 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 453 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 454 #endif 455 }; 456 457 /* 458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 459 */ 460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 463 464 /* 465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 466 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 467 ** 468 ** eState 469 ** 470 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 471 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 472 ** 473 ** eLock 474 ** 475 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 476 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 477 ** 478 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 479 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 480 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 481 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 482 ** need (and no reason to release them). 483 ** 484 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 485 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 486 ** details. 487 ** 488 ** changeCountDone 489 ** 490 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 491 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 492 ** not updated more often than necessary. 493 ** 494 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 495 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 496 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 497 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 498 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 499 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 500 ** 501 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 502 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 503 ** committed. 504 ** 505 ** setMaster 506 ** 507 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 508 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 509 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 510 ** 511 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 512 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 513 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 514 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 515 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 516 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 517 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 518 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 519 ** 520 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 521 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 522 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 523 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 524 ** 525 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 526 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 527 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 528 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 529 ** 530 ** doNotSpill 531 ** 532 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 533 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 534 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 535 ** 536 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 537 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 538 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 539 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 540 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 541 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 542 ** case is a user preference. 543 ** 544 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 545 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 546 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 547 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 548 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 549 ** 550 ** subjInMemory 551 ** 552 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 553 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 554 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 555 ** 556 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 557 ** write-transaction is opened. 558 ** 559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 560 ** 561 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 562 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 563 ** OPEN and ERROR). 564 ** 565 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 566 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 567 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 568 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 569 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 570 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 571 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 572 ** to dbSize==1). 573 ** 574 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 575 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 576 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 577 ** dbSize is updated. 578 ** 579 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 580 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 581 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 582 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 583 ** being modified. 584 ** 585 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 586 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 587 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 588 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 589 ** 590 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 591 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 592 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 593 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 594 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 595 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 596 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 597 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 598 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 599 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 600 ** 601 ** dbHintSize 602 ** 603 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 604 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 605 ** 606 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 607 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 608 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 609 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 610 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 611 ** details. 612 ** 613 ** errCode 614 ** 615 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 616 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 617 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 618 ** sub-codes. 619 */ 620 struct Pager { 621 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 622 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 623 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 624 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 625 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 626 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 627 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ 628 u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ 629 u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ 630 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 631 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 632 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 633 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 634 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 635 636 /************************************************************************** 637 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 638 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 639 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 640 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 641 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 642 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 643 ** "configuration" of the pager. 644 */ 645 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 646 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 647 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 648 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 649 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 650 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 651 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 652 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 653 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 654 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 655 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 656 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 657 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 658 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 659 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 660 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 661 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 662 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 663 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 664 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 665 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 666 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 667 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 668 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 669 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 670 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 671 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 672 673 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 674 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 675 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 676 /* 677 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 678 ***************************************************************************/ 679 680 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 681 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 682 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 683 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 684 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 685 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 686 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 687 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 688 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 689 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 690 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 691 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ 692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 693 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 694 #endif 695 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 696 int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */ 697 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 698 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 699 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 700 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 701 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 702 #endif 703 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 704 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 705 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 706 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 707 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 708 #endif 709 }; 710 711 /* 712 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 713 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 714 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 715 */ 716 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 717 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 718 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 719 720 /* 721 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 722 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 723 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 724 */ 725 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 726 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 727 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 728 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 729 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 730 #else 731 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 732 #endif 733 734 735 736 /* 737 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 738 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 739 ** 740 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 741 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 742 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 743 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 744 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 745 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 746 ** journal and ignore it. 747 ** 748 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 749 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 750 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 751 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 752 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 753 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 754 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 755 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 756 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 757 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 758 */ 759 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 760 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 761 }; 762 763 /* 764 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 765 ** the following macro. 766 */ 767 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 768 769 /* 770 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 771 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 772 */ 773 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 774 775 /* 776 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 777 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 778 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 779 ** out code that would never execute. 780 */ 781 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 782 # define MEMDB 0 783 #else 784 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 785 #endif 786 787 /* 788 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 789 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 790 */ 791 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 792 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 793 #else 794 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 795 #endif 796 797 /* 798 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 799 */ 800 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 801 802 /* 803 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 804 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 805 ** 806 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 807 ** 808 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 809 ** 810 ** instead of 811 ** 812 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 813 */ 814 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 815 816 /* 817 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual 818 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false. 819 */ 820 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 821 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ 822 return (pPager->pWal!=0); 823 } 824 # define pagerUseWal(x) sqlite3PagerUseWal(x) 825 #else 826 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 827 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 828 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 829 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 830 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 831 #endif 832 833 #ifndef NDEBUG 834 /* 835 ** Usage: 836 ** 837 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 838 ** 839 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 840 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 841 */ 842 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 843 Pager *pPager = p; 844 845 /* State must be valid. */ 846 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 847 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 848 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 849 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 850 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 851 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 852 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 853 ); 854 855 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 856 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 857 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 858 */ 859 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 860 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 861 862 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 863 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 864 */ 865 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 866 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 867 868 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 869 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 870 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 871 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 872 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 873 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 874 ** state. 875 */ 876 if( MEMDB ){ 877 assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); 878 assert( p->noSync ); 879 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 880 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 881 ); 882 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 883 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 884 } 885 886 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 887 ** on the file. 888 */ 889 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 890 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 891 892 switch( p->eState ){ 893 case PAGER_OPEN: 894 assert( !MEMDB ); 895 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 896 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 897 break; 898 899 case PAGER_READER: 900 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 901 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 902 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 903 break; 904 905 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 906 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 907 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 908 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 909 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 910 } 911 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 912 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 913 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 914 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 915 break; 916 917 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 918 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 919 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 920 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 921 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 922 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 923 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 924 ** to journal_mode=wal. 925 */ 926 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 927 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 928 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 929 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 930 ); 931 } 932 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 933 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 934 break; 935 936 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 937 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 938 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 939 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 940 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 941 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 942 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 943 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 944 ); 945 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 946 break; 947 948 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 949 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 950 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 951 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 952 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 953 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 954 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 955 ); 956 break; 957 958 case PAGER_ERROR: 959 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 960 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 961 ** back to OPEN state. 962 */ 963 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 964 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); 965 break; 966 } 967 968 return 1; 969 } 970 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 971 972 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 973 /* 974 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 975 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 976 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 977 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 978 ** 979 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 980 */ 981 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 982 static char zRet[1024]; 983 984 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 985 "Filename: %s\n" 986 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 987 "Lock: %s\n" 988 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 989 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 990 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 991 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 992 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 993 , p->zFilename 994 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 995 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 996 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 997 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 998 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 999 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 1000 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 1001 , (int)p->errCode 1002 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 1003 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 1004 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1005 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1006 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1007 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1008 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1009 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1010 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1011 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1012 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1013 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1014 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1015 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1016 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1017 ); 1018 1019 return zRet; 1020 } 1021 #endif 1022 1023 /* Forward references to the various page getters */ 1024 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1025 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1026 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1027 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1028 #endif 1029 1030 /* 1031 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch 1032 ** content from the pager. 1033 */ 1034 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){ 1035 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1036 pPager->xGet = getPageError; 1037 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1038 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) 1039 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 1040 && pPager->xCodec==0 1041 #endif 1042 ){ 1043 pPager->xGet = getPageMMap; 1044 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 1045 }else{ 1046 pPager->xGet = getPageNormal; 1047 } 1048 } 1049 1050 /* 1051 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1052 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1053 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1054 ** 1055 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1056 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1057 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1058 */ 1059 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1060 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1061 PagerSavepoint *p; 1062 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1063 int i; 1064 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1065 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1066 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1067 return 1; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 return 0; 1071 } 1072 1073 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1074 /* 1075 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1076 */ 1077 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1078 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1079 } 1080 #endif 1081 1082 /* 1083 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1084 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1085 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1086 ** 1087 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1088 */ 1089 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1090 unsigned char ac[4]; 1091 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1092 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1093 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1094 } 1095 return rc; 1096 } 1097 1098 /* 1099 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1100 */ 1101 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1102 1103 1104 /* 1105 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1106 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1107 */ 1108 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1109 char ac[4]; 1110 put32bits(ac, val); 1111 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1112 } 1113 1114 /* 1115 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1116 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1117 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1118 ** 1119 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1120 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1121 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1122 */ 1123 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1124 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1125 1126 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1127 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1128 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1129 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1130 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1131 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1132 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1133 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1134 } 1135 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1136 } 1137 return rc; 1138 } 1139 1140 /* 1141 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1142 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1143 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1144 ** 1145 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1146 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1147 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1148 ** of this. 1149 */ 1150 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1151 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1152 1153 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1154 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1155 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1156 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1157 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1158 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1159 } 1160 } 1161 return rc; 1162 } 1163 1164 /* 1165 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization 1166 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: 1167 ** 1168 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1169 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1170 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1171 ** to the page size. 1172 ** 1173 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is 1174 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory 1175 ** database. 1176 ** 1177 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, 1178 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it 1179 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1180 */ 1181 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1182 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1183 assert( !MEMDB ); 1184 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 1185 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1186 int nSector; /* Sector size */ 1187 int szPage; /* Page size */ 1188 1189 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1190 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1191 nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1192 szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1193 1194 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1195 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1196 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1197 return 0; 1198 } 1199 } 1200 1201 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1202 } 1203 #else 1204 # define jrnlBufferSize(x) 0 1205 #endif 1206 1207 /* 1208 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1209 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1210 ** and debugging only. 1211 */ 1212 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1213 /* 1214 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1215 */ 1216 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1217 u32 hash = 0; 1218 int i; 1219 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1220 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1221 } 1222 return hash; 1223 } 1224 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1225 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1226 } 1227 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1228 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1229 } 1230 1231 /* 1232 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1233 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1234 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1235 */ 1236 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1237 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1238 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1239 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1240 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1241 } 1242 1243 #else 1244 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1245 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1246 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1247 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1248 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1249 1250 /* 1251 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1252 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1253 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1254 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1255 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1256 ** 1257 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1258 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1259 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1260 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1261 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1262 ** were present in the journal. 1263 ** 1264 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1265 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1266 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1267 ** journal file name. 1268 ** 1269 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1270 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1271 ** 1272 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1273 ** error code is returned. 1274 */ 1275 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1276 int rc; /* Return code */ 1277 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1278 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1279 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1280 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1281 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1282 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1283 1284 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1285 || szJ<16 1286 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1287 || len>=nMaster 1288 || len==0 1289 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1290 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1291 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1292 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1293 ){ 1294 return rc; 1295 } 1296 1297 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1298 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1299 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1300 } 1301 if( cksum ){ 1302 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1303 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1304 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1305 ** master-journal filename. 1306 */ 1307 len = 0; 1308 } 1309 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1310 1311 return SQLITE_OK; 1312 } 1313 1314 /* 1315 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1316 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1317 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1318 ** 1319 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1320 ** 1321 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1322 ** --------------------------------------- 1323 ** 0 0 1324 ** 512 512 1325 ** 100 512 1326 ** 2000 2048 1327 ** 1328 */ 1329 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1330 i64 offset = 0; 1331 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1332 if( c ){ 1333 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1334 } 1335 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1336 assert( offset>=c ); 1337 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1338 return offset; 1339 } 1340 1341 /* 1342 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1343 ** 1344 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1345 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1346 ** 1347 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1348 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1349 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1350 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1351 ** after writing or truncating it. 1352 ** 1353 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1354 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1355 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1356 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1357 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1358 ** 1359 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1360 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1361 */ 1362 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1363 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1364 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1365 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); 1366 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1367 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1368 1369 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1370 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1371 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1372 }else{ 1373 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1374 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1375 } 1376 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1377 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1378 } 1379 1380 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1381 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1382 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1383 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1384 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1385 */ 1386 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1387 i64 sz; 1388 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1389 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1390 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1391 } 1392 } 1393 } 1394 return rc; 1395 } 1396 1397 /* 1398 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1399 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1400 ** current location. 1401 ** 1402 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1403 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1404 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1405 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1406 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1407 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1408 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1409 ** 1410 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1411 */ 1412 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1413 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1414 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1415 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1416 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1417 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1418 1419 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1420 1421 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1422 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1423 } 1424 1425 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1426 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1427 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1428 */ 1429 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1430 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1431 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1432 } 1433 } 1434 1435 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1436 1437 /* 1438 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1439 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1440 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1441 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1442 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1443 ** 1444 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1445 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1446 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1447 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1448 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1449 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1450 ** 1451 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1452 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1453 ** 1454 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1455 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1456 */ 1457 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1458 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1459 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1460 ){ 1461 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1462 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1463 }else{ 1464 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1465 } 1466 1467 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1468 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1469 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1470 /* The initial database size */ 1471 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1472 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1473 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1474 1475 /* The page size */ 1476 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1477 1478 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1479 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1480 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1481 ** take the performance hit. 1482 */ 1483 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1484 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1485 1486 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1487 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1488 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1489 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1490 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1491 ** 1492 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1493 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1494 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1495 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1496 ** is done. 1497 ** 1498 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1499 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1500 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1501 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1502 */ 1503 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1504 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1505 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1506 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1507 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1508 } 1509 1510 return rc; 1511 } 1512 1513 /* 1514 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1515 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1516 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1517 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1518 ** a description of the journal header format. 1519 ** 1520 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1521 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1522 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1523 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1524 ** in this case. 1525 ** 1526 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1527 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1528 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1529 */ 1530 static int readJournalHdr( 1531 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1532 int isHot, 1533 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1534 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1535 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1536 ){ 1537 int rc; /* Return code */ 1538 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1539 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1540 1541 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1542 1543 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1544 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1545 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1546 */ 1547 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1548 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1549 return SQLITE_DONE; 1550 } 1551 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1552 1553 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1554 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1555 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1556 ** proceed. 1557 */ 1558 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1559 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1560 if( rc ){ 1561 return rc; 1562 } 1563 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1564 return SQLITE_DONE; 1565 } 1566 } 1567 1568 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1569 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1570 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1571 */ 1572 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1573 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1574 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1575 ){ 1576 return rc; 1577 } 1578 1579 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1580 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1581 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1582 1583 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1584 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1585 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1586 ){ 1587 return rc; 1588 } 1589 1590 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1591 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1592 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1593 */ 1594 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1595 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1596 } 1597 1598 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1599 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1600 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1601 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1602 */ 1603 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1604 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1605 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1606 ){ 1607 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1608 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1609 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1610 ** the journal file here. 1611 */ 1612 return SQLITE_DONE; 1613 } 1614 1615 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1616 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1617 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1618 */ 1619 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1620 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1621 1622 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1623 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1624 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1625 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1626 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1627 */ 1628 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1629 } 1630 1631 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1632 return rc; 1633 } 1634 1635 1636 /* 1637 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1638 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1639 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1640 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1641 ** anything is written. The format is: 1642 ** 1643 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1644 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1645 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1646 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1647 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1648 ** 1649 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1650 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1651 ** 1652 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1653 ** this call is a no-op. 1654 */ 1655 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1656 int rc; /* Return code */ 1657 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1658 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1659 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1660 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1661 1662 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1663 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1664 1665 if( !zMaster 1666 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1667 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1668 ){ 1669 return SQLITE_OK; 1670 } 1671 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1672 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1673 1674 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1675 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1676 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1677 } 1678 1679 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1680 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1681 ** the journal has already been synced. 1682 */ 1683 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1684 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1685 } 1686 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1687 1688 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1689 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1690 */ 1691 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1692 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1693 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1694 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1695 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1696 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1697 ){ 1698 return rc; 1699 } 1700 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1701 1702 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1703 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1704 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1705 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1706 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1707 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1708 ** 1709 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1710 ** file to the required size. 1711 */ 1712 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1713 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1714 ){ 1715 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1716 } 1717 return rc; 1718 } 1719 1720 /* 1721 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1722 */ 1723 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1724 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1725 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1726 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1727 } 1728 1729 /* 1730 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1731 */ 1732 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1733 assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN ); 1734 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1735 } 1736 1737 /* 1738 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1739 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1740 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1741 */ 1742 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1743 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1744 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1745 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1746 } 1747 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1748 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1749 } 1750 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1751 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1752 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1753 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1754 } 1755 1756 /* 1757 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1758 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1759 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1760 */ 1761 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1762 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1763 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1764 1765 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1766 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1767 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1768 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1769 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1770 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1771 } 1772 } 1773 return rc; 1774 } 1775 1776 /* 1777 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1778 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1779 ** state. 1780 ** 1781 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1782 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1783 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1784 ** closed (if it is open). 1785 ** 1786 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1787 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1788 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1789 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1790 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1791 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1792 */ 1793 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1794 1795 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1796 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1797 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1798 ); 1799 1800 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1801 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1802 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1803 1804 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1805 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1806 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1807 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1808 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1809 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1810 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1811 1812 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1813 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1814 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1815 ** out from under us. 1816 */ 1817 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1818 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1819 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1820 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1821 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1822 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1823 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1824 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1825 ){ 1826 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1827 } 1828 1829 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1830 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1831 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1832 ** is necessary. 1833 */ 1834 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1835 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1836 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1837 } 1838 1839 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1840 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1841 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1842 */ 1843 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1844 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1845 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1846 } 1847 1848 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1849 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1850 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1851 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1852 */ 1853 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1854 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1855 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 1856 pager_reset(pPager); 1857 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1858 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1859 }else{ 1860 pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); 1861 } 1862 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1863 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1864 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1865 } 1866 1867 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1868 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1869 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1870 } 1871 1872 /* 1873 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1874 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1875 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1876 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1877 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1878 ** 1879 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1880 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1881 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1882 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1883 ** 1884 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1885 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1886 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1887 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1888 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1889 ** it were a hot-journal). 1890 */ 1891 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1892 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1893 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1894 assert( 1895 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1896 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1897 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1898 ); 1899 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1900 pPager->errCode = rc; 1901 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1902 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1903 } 1904 return rc; 1905 } 1906 1907 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1908 1909 /* 1910 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) 1911 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0). 1912 ** 1913 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. 1914 ** 1915 ** Rules: 1916 ** 1917 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary 1918 ** for transactions to be durable. 1919 ** 1920 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing 1921 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and 1922 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total 1923 ** cache size. 1924 */ 1925 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ 1926 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; 1927 if( !bCommit ) return 0; 1928 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; 1929 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); 1930 } 1931 1932 /* 1933 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1934 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1935 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1936 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1937 ** database transaction. 1938 ** 1939 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1940 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1941 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1942 ** 1943 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1944 ** 1945 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1946 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1947 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1948 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1949 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1950 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1951 ** 1952 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1953 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1954 ** in-memory journal. 1955 ** 1956 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1957 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1958 ** 1959 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1960 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1961 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1962 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1963 ** 1964 ** journalMode==DELETE 1965 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1966 ** 1967 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1968 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 1969 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 1970 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 1971 ** 1972 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 1973 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 1974 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 1975 ** 1976 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 1977 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 1978 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 1979 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 1980 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 1981 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 1982 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 1983 ** returned. 1984 */ 1985 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 1986 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 1987 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 1988 1989 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 1990 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 1991 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 1992 ** held under two circumstances: 1993 ** 1994 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 1995 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1996 ** 1997 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 1998 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 1999 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 2000 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 2001 */ 2002 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2003 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2004 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 2005 return SQLITE_OK; 2006 } 2007 2008 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 2009 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 2010 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 2011 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2012 2013 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 2014 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ 2015 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ 2016 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2017 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 2018 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 2019 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2020 }else{ 2021 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 2022 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 2023 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 2024 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 2025 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 2026 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 2027 */ 2028 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 2029 } 2030 } 2031 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2032 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 2033 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 2034 ){ 2035 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile); 2036 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2037 }else{ 2038 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 2039 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 2040 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 2041 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 2042 */ 2043 int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; 2044 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); 2045 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 2046 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 2047 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 2048 ); 2049 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2050 if( bDelete ){ 2051 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); 2052 } 2053 } 2054 } 2055 2056 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 2057 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 2058 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 2059 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 2060 if( p ){ 2061 p->pageHash = 0; 2062 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 2063 } 2064 } 2065 #endif 2066 2067 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2068 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2069 pPager->nRec = 0; 2070 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2071 if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ 2072 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2073 }else{ 2074 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); 2075 } 2076 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2077 } 2078 2079 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2080 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2081 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2082 ** lock held on the database file. 2083 */ 2084 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2085 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2086 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2087 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2088 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2089 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2090 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2091 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2092 ** required size. */ 2093 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2094 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2095 } 2096 2097 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 2098 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2099 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2100 } 2101 2102 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2103 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2104 ){ 2105 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2106 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2107 } 2108 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2109 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2110 2111 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2112 } 2113 2114 /* 2115 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2116 ** database file. 2117 ** 2118 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2119 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2120 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2121 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2122 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2123 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2124 ** will roll it back. 2125 ** 2126 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2127 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2128 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2129 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2130 */ 2131 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2132 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2133 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2134 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2135 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2136 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2137 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2138 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2139 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2140 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2141 } 2142 } 2143 pager_unlock(pPager); 2144 } 2145 2146 /* 2147 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2148 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2149 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2150 ** 2151 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2152 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2153 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2154 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2155 ** 2156 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2157 ** incompatible journal file format. 2158 ** 2159 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2160 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2161 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2162 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2163 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2164 */ 2165 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2166 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2167 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2168 while( i>0 ){ 2169 cksum += aData[i]; 2170 i -= 200; 2171 } 2172 return cksum; 2173 } 2174 2175 /* 2176 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2177 ** to the codec. 2178 */ 2179 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2180 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2181 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2182 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2183 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2184 } 2185 } 2186 #else 2187 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2188 #endif 2189 2190 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2191 /* 2192 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination 2193 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the 2194 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. 2195 */ 2196 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ 2197 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ 2198 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; 2199 pagerReportSize(pDest); 2200 } 2201 } 2202 #endif 2203 2204 /* 2205 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2206 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2207 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2208 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2209 ** 2210 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2211 ** not. 2212 ** 2213 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2214 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2215 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2216 ** 2217 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2218 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2219 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2220 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2221 ** prior to returning. 2222 ** 2223 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2224 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2225 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2226 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2227 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2228 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2229 ** two circumstances: 2230 ** 2231 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2232 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2233 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2234 ** 2235 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2236 ** 2237 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2238 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2239 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2240 */ 2241 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2242 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2243 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2244 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2245 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2246 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2247 ){ 2248 int rc; 2249 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2250 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2251 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2252 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2253 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2254 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2255 2256 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2257 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2258 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2259 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2260 2261 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2262 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2263 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2264 2265 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2266 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2267 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2268 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2269 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2270 */ 2271 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2272 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2273 ); 2274 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2275 2276 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2277 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2278 */ 2279 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2280 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2281 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2282 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2283 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2284 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2285 2286 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2287 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2288 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2289 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2290 */ 2291 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2292 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2293 return SQLITE_DONE; 2294 } 2295 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2296 return SQLITE_OK; 2297 } 2298 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2299 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2300 if( rc ) return rc; 2301 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2302 return SQLITE_DONE; 2303 } 2304 } 2305 2306 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2307 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2308 */ 2309 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2310 return rc; 2311 } 2312 2313 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2314 */ 2315 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2316 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2317 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2318 } 2319 2320 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2321 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2322 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2323 ** 2324 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2325 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2326 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2327 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2328 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2329 ** assert()able. 2330 ** 2331 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2332 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2333 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2334 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2335 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2336 ** 2337 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2338 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2339 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2340 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2341 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2342 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2343 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2344 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2345 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2346 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2347 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2348 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2349 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2350 ** 2351 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2352 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2353 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2354 */ 2355 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2356 pPg = 0; 2357 }else{ 2358 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2359 } 2360 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2361 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 2362 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2363 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2364 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2365 )); 2366 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2367 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2368 }else{ 2369 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2370 } 2371 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2372 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2373 && isSynced 2374 ){ 2375 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2376 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2377 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2378 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2379 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2380 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2381 } 2382 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2383 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2384 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2385 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData); 2386 } 2387 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2388 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2389 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2390 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2391 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2392 ** current. 2393 ** 2394 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2395 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2396 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2397 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2398 ** 2399 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2400 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2401 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2402 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2403 */ 2404 assert( isSavepnt ); 2405 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2406 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2407 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2408 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2409 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2410 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2411 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2412 } 2413 if( pPg ){ 2414 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2415 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2416 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2417 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2418 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2419 */ 2420 void *pData; 2421 pData = pPg->pData; 2422 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2423 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2424 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But 2425 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache 2426 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so 2427 ** has been removed. */ 2428 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2429 2430 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2431 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2432 if( pgno==1 ){ 2433 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2434 } 2435 2436 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2437 CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2438 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2439 } 2440 return rc; 2441 } 2442 2443 /* 2444 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2445 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2446 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2447 ** and does so if it is. 2448 ** 2449 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2450 ** available for use within this function. 2451 ** 2452 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2453 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2454 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2455 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2456 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2457 ** 2458 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2459 ** 2460 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2461 ** journals have been rolled back. 2462 ** 2463 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2464 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2465 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2466 ** 2467 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2468 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2469 ** file zMaster 2470 ** 2471 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2472 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2473 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2474 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2475 ** 2476 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2477 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2478 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2479 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2480 ** 2481 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2482 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2483 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2484 ** size. 2485 */ 2486 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2487 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2488 int rc; /* Return code */ 2489 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2490 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2491 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2492 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2493 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2494 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2495 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2496 2497 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2498 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2499 */ 2500 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2501 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2502 if( !pMaster ){ 2503 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2504 }else{ 2505 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2506 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2507 } 2508 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2509 2510 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2511 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2512 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2513 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2514 */ 2515 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2516 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2517 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2518 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2519 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2520 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2521 goto delmaster_out; 2522 } 2523 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2524 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2525 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2526 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2527 2528 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2529 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2530 int exists; 2531 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2532 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2533 goto delmaster_out; 2534 } 2535 if( exists ){ 2536 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2537 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2538 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2539 */ 2540 int c; 2541 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2542 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2543 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2544 goto delmaster_out; 2545 } 2546 2547 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2548 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2549 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2550 goto delmaster_out; 2551 } 2552 2553 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2554 if( c ){ 2555 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2556 goto delmaster_out; 2557 } 2558 } 2559 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2560 } 2561 2562 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2563 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2564 2565 delmaster_out: 2566 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2567 if( pMaster ){ 2568 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2569 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2570 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2571 } 2572 return rc; 2573 } 2574 2575 2576 /* 2577 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2578 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2579 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2580 ** 2581 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2582 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2583 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2584 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2585 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2586 ** 2587 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2588 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2589 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2590 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2591 ** the end of the new file instead. 2592 ** 2593 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2594 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2595 */ 2596 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2597 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2598 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2599 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2600 2601 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2602 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2603 ){ 2604 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2605 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2606 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2607 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2608 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2609 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2610 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2611 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2612 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2613 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2614 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2615 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2616 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2617 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2618 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2619 } 2620 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2621 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2622 } 2623 } 2624 } 2625 return rc; 2626 } 2627 2628 /* 2629 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2630 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2631 */ 2632 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2633 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2634 if( iRet<32 ){ 2635 iRet = 512; 2636 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2637 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2638 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2639 } 2640 return iRet; 2641 } 2642 2643 /* 2644 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2645 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2646 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2647 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2648 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2649 ** 2650 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2651 ** 2652 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2653 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2654 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2655 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2656 ** 2657 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2658 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2659 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2660 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2661 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2662 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2663 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2664 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2665 */ 2666 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2667 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2668 2669 if( pPager->tempFile 2670 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2671 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2672 ){ 2673 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2674 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2675 ** call will segfault. */ 2676 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2677 }else{ 2678 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2679 } 2680 } 2681 2682 /* 2683 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2684 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2685 ** 2686 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2687 ** 2688 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2689 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2690 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2691 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2692 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2693 ** sanity checksum. 2694 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2695 ** database to during a rollback. 2696 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2697 ** is this many bytes in size. 2698 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2699 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2700 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2701 ** + 4 byte page number. 2702 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2703 ** + 4 byte checksum 2704 ** 2705 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2706 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2707 ** 2708 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2709 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2710 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2711 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2712 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2713 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2714 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2715 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2716 ** 2717 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2718 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2719 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2720 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2721 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2722 ** 2723 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2724 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2725 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2726 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2727 ** been encountered. 2728 ** 2729 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2730 ** and an error code is returned. 2731 ** 2732 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2733 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2734 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2735 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2736 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2737 ** needed. 2738 */ 2739 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2740 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2741 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2742 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2743 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2744 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2745 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2746 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2747 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2748 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2749 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2750 2751 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2752 ** the journal is empty. 2753 */ 2754 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2755 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2756 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2757 goto end_playback; 2758 } 2759 2760 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2761 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2762 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2763 ** played back. 2764 ** 2765 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2766 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2767 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2768 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2769 ** for pageSize. 2770 */ 2771 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2772 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2773 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2774 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2775 } 2776 zMaster = 0; 2777 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2778 goto end_playback; 2779 } 2780 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2781 needPagerReset = isHot; 2782 2783 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2784 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2785 ** occurs. 2786 */ 2787 while( 1 ){ 2788 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2789 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2790 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2791 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2792 */ 2793 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2794 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2795 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2796 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2797 } 2798 goto end_playback; 2799 } 2800 2801 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2802 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2803 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2804 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2805 */ 2806 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2807 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2808 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2809 } 2810 2811 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2812 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2813 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2814 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2815 ** size of the file. 2816 ** 2817 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2818 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2819 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2820 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2821 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2822 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2823 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2824 */ 2825 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2826 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2827 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2828 } 2829 2830 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2831 ** database file back to its original size. 2832 */ 2833 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2834 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2835 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2836 goto end_playback; 2837 } 2838 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2839 } 2840 2841 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2842 ** database file and/or page cache. 2843 */ 2844 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2845 if( needPagerReset ){ 2846 pager_reset(pPager); 2847 needPagerReset = 0; 2848 } 2849 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2850 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2851 nPlayback++; 2852 }else{ 2853 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2854 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2855 break; 2856 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2857 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2858 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2859 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2860 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2861 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2862 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2863 goto end_playback; 2864 }else{ 2865 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2866 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2867 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2868 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2869 */ 2870 goto end_playback; 2871 } 2872 } 2873 } 2874 } 2875 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2876 assert( 0 ); 2877 2878 end_playback: 2879 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2880 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2881 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2882 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2883 */ 2884 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2885 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ 2886 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2887 } 2888 #endif 2889 2890 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2891 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2892 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2893 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2894 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2895 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2896 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2897 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2898 */ 2899 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2900 2901 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2902 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2903 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2904 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2905 } 2906 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2907 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2908 ){ 2909 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2910 } 2911 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2912 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2913 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2914 } 2915 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2916 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2917 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 2918 */ 2919 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 2920 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2921 } 2922 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2923 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2924 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2925 } 2926 2927 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2928 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2929 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2930 */ 2931 setSectorSize(pPager); 2932 return rc; 2933 } 2934 2935 2936 /* 2937 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 2938 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 2939 ** file before this function is called. 2940 ** 2941 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 2942 ** the value read from the database file. 2943 ** 2944 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 2945 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2946 */ 2947 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ 2948 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 2949 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ 2950 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 2951 int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ 2952 2953 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 2954 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 2955 2956 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2957 if( iFrame ){ 2958 /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ 2959 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); 2960 }else 2961 #endif 2962 { 2963 i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2964 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); 2965 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2966 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2967 } 2968 } 2969 2970 if( pgno==1 ){ 2971 if( rc ){ 2972 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 2973 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 2974 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 2975 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 2976 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 2977 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 2978 ** 2979 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 2980 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 2981 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 2982 ** we should still be ok. 2983 */ 2984 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2985 }else{ 2986 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 2987 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2988 } 2989 } 2990 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2991 2992 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 2993 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 2994 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 2995 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 2996 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 2997 2998 return rc; 2999 } 3000 3001 /* 3002 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 3003 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 3004 ** 3005 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 3006 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 3007 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 3008 */ 3009 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 3010 u32 change_counter; 3011 3012 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 3013 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 3014 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 3015 3016 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 3017 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 3018 ** is valid. */ 3019 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 3020 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 3021 } 3022 3023 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3024 /* 3025 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 3026 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 3027 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 3028 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 3029 ** 3030 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 3031 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 3032 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 3033 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 3034 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 3035 */ 3036 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 3037 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3038 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 3039 PgHdr *pPg; 3040 3041 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3042 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 3043 if( pPg ){ 3044 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 3045 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 3046 }else{ 3047 u32 iFrame = 0; 3048 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 3049 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3050 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 3051 } 3052 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3053 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3054 } 3055 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3056 } 3057 } 3058 3059 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3060 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3061 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3062 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3063 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3064 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3065 ** the backups must be restarted. 3066 */ 3067 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3068 3069 return rc; 3070 } 3071 3072 /* 3073 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3074 */ 3075 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3076 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3077 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3078 3079 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3080 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3081 ** following: 3082 ** 3083 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3084 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3085 */ 3086 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3087 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3088 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3089 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3090 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3091 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3092 pList = pNext; 3093 } 3094 3095 return rc; 3096 } 3097 3098 /* 3099 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3100 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3101 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3102 ** changed. 3103 ** 3104 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3105 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3106 */ 3107 static int pagerWalFrames( 3108 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3109 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3110 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3111 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3112 ){ 3113 int rc; /* Return code */ 3114 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3115 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3116 3117 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3118 assert( pList ); 3119 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3120 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3121 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3122 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3123 } 3124 #endif 3125 3126 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3127 if( isCommit ){ 3128 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3129 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3130 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3131 ** list here. */ 3132 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3133 nList = 0; 3134 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3135 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3136 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3137 nList++; 3138 } 3139 } 3140 assert( pList ); 3141 }else{ 3142 nList = 1; 3143 } 3144 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3145 3146 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3147 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3148 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3149 ); 3150 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3151 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3152 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3153 } 3154 } 3155 3156 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3157 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3158 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3159 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3160 } 3161 #endif 3162 3163 return rc; 3164 } 3165 3166 /* 3167 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3168 ** 3169 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3170 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3171 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3172 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3173 */ 3174 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3175 int rc; /* Return code */ 3176 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3177 3178 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3179 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3180 3181 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3182 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3183 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3184 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3185 */ 3186 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3187 3188 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3189 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3190 pager_reset(pPager); 3191 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3192 } 3193 3194 return rc; 3195 } 3196 #endif 3197 3198 /* 3199 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3200 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3201 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3202 ** 3203 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3204 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3205 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3206 */ 3207 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3208 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3209 3210 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3211 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3212 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3213 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3214 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3215 */ 3216 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3217 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3218 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3219 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 3220 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3221 3222 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3223 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of 3224 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3225 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3226 */ 3227 if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ 3228 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3229 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3230 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3231 return rc; 3232 } 3233 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3234 } 3235 3236 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3237 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3238 ** that the file can be read. 3239 */ 3240 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3241 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3242 } 3243 3244 *pnPage = nPage; 3245 return SQLITE_OK; 3246 } 3247 3248 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3249 /* 3250 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3251 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3252 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3253 ** 3254 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3255 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3256 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3257 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3258 ** 3259 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3260 ** 3261 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3262 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3263 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3264 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3265 ** other connection. 3266 */ 3267 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3268 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3269 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3270 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3271 3272 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3273 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3274 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3275 3276 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3277 if( rc ) return rc; 3278 if( nPage==0 ){ 3279 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3280 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 3281 isWal = 0; 3282 }else{ 3283 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3284 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3285 ); 3286 } 3287 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3288 if( isWal ){ 3289 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3290 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3291 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3292 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3293 } 3294 } 3295 } 3296 return rc; 3297 } 3298 #endif 3299 3300 /* 3301 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3302 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3303 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3304 ** savepoint. 3305 ** 3306 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3307 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3308 ** performed in the order specified: 3309 ** 3310 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3311 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3312 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3313 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3314 ** 3315 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3316 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3317 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3318 ** 3319 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3320 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3321 ** the journal file. 3322 ** 3323 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3324 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3325 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3326 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3327 ** 3328 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3329 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3330 ** 3331 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3332 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3333 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3334 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3335 */ 3336 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3337 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3338 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3339 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3340 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3341 3342 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3343 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3344 3345 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3346 if( pSavepoint ){ 3347 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3348 if( !pDone ){ 3349 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3350 } 3351 } 3352 3353 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3354 ** being reverted was opened. 3355 */ 3356 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3357 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3358 3359 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3360 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3361 } 3362 3363 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3364 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3365 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3366 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3367 */ 3368 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3369 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3370 3371 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3372 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3373 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3374 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3375 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3376 ** are played back. 3377 */ 3378 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3379 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3380 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3381 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3382 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3383 } 3384 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3385 }else{ 3386 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3387 } 3388 3389 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3390 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3391 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3392 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3393 */ 3394 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3395 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3396 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3397 u32 dummy; 3398 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3399 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3400 3401 /* 3402 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3403 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3404 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3405 */ 3406 if( nJRec==0 3407 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3408 ){ 3409 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3410 } 3411 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3412 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3413 } 3414 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3415 } 3416 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3417 3418 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3419 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3420 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3421 */ 3422 if( pSavepoint ){ 3423 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3424 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3425 3426 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3427 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3428 } 3429 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3430 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3431 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3432 } 3433 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3434 } 3435 3436 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3437 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3438 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3439 } 3440 3441 return rc; 3442 } 3443 3444 /* 3445 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3446 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. 3447 */ 3448 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3449 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3450 } 3451 3452 /* 3453 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3454 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. 3455 */ 3456 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3457 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3458 } 3459 3460 /* 3461 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3462 */ 3463 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3464 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3465 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3466 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3467 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3468 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3469 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3470 setGetterMethod(pPager); 3471 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3472 } 3473 #endif 3474 } 3475 3476 /* 3477 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3478 */ 3479 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3480 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3481 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3482 } 3483 3484 /* 3485 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3486 */ 3487 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3488 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3489 } 3490 3491 /* 3492 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3493 ** 3494 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3495 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3496 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3497 ** There are four levels: 3498 ** 3499 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3500 ** for temporary and transient files. 3501 ** 3502 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3503 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3504 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3505 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3506 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3507 ** when it is rolled back. 3508 ** 3509 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3510 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3511 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3512 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3513 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3514 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3515 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3516 ** 3517 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory 3518 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback 3519 ** journal is unlinked. 3520 ** 3521 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3522 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3523 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3524 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3525 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3526 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3527 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3528 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL 3529 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode. 3530 ** 3531 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3532 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3533 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3534 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3535 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3536 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3537 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3538 ** 3539 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3540 ** and FULL=3. 3541 */ 3542 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3543 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3544 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3545 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3546 ){ 3547 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3548 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 3549 pPager->noSync = 1; 3550 pPager->fullSync = 0; 3551 pPager->extraSync = 0; 3552 }else{ 3553 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; 3554 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; 3555 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; 3556 } 3557 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3558 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3559 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; 3560 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3561 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3562 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3563 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ 3564 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3565 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3566 }else{ 3567 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3568 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3569 } 3570 pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; 3571 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3572 pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 3573 } 3574 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3575 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3576 }else{ 3577 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3578 } 3579 } 3580 #endif 3581 3582 /* 3583 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3584 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3585 ** testing and analysis only. 3586 */ 3587 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3588 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3589 #endif 3590 3591 /* 3592 ** Open a temporary file. 3593 ** 3594 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3595 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3596 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3597 ** 3598 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3599 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3600 ** 3601 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3602 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3603 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3604 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3605 */ 3606 static int pagerOpentemp( 3607 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3608 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3609 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3610 ){ 3611 int rc; /* Return code */ 3612 3613 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3614 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3615 #endif 3616 3617 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3618 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3619 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3620 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3621 return rc; 3622 } 3623 3624 /* 3625 ** Set the busy handler function. 3626 ** 3627 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3628 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3629 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3630 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3631 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3632 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3633 ** 3634 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3635 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3636 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3637 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3638 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3639 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3640 ** 3641 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3642 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3643 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3644 */ 3645 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( 3646 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3647 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3648 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3649 ){ 3650 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3651 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3652 3653 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3654 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3655 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3656 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3657 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3658 } 3659 } 3660 3661 /* 3662 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3663 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3664 ** 3665 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3666 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3667 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3668 ** 3669 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3670 ** 3671 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3672 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3673 ** 3674 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3675 ** 3676 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3677 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3678 ** 3679 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3680 ** 3681 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3682 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3683 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3684 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3685 ** 3686 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3687 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3688 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3689 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3690 */ 3691 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3692 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3693 3694 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3695 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3696 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3697 ** 3698 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3699 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3700 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3701 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3702 */ 3703 3704 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3705 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3706 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3707 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3708 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3709 ){ 3710 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3711 i64 nByte = 0; 3712 3713 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3714 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3715 } 3716 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3717 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); 3718 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3719 } 3720 3721 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3722 pager_reset(pPager); 3723 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3724 } 3725 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3726 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3727 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3728 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3729 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3730 }else{ 3731 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3732 } 3733 } 3734 3735 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3736 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3737 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3738 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3739 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3740 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3741 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3742 } 3743 return rc; 3744 } 3745 3746 /* 3747 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3748 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3749 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3750 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3751 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3752 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3753 */ 3754 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3755 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3756 } 3757 3758 /* 3759 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3760 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3761 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3762 ** 3763 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3764 */ 3765 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3766 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3767 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3768 } 3769 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3770 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ 3771 return pPager->mxPgno; 3772 } 3773 3774 /* 3775 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3776 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3777 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3778 ** 3779 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3780 ** and generate no code. 3781 */ 3782 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3783 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3784 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3785 static int saved_cnt; 3786 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3787 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3788 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3789 } 3790 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3791 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3792 } 3793 #else 3794 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3795 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3796 #endif 3797 3798 /* 3799 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3800 ** that pDest points to. 3801 ** 3802 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3803 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3804 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3805 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3806 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3807 ** 3808 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3809 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3810 ** output buffer undefined. 3811 */ 3812 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3813 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3814 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3815 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3816 3817 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3818 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3819 ** to WAL mode yet. 3820 */ 3821 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3822 3823 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3824 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3825 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3826 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3827 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3828 } 3829 } 3830 return rc; 3831 } 3832 3833 /* 3834 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3835 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3836 ** 3837 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3838 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3839 */ 3840 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3841 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3842 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3843 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3844 } 3845 3846 3847 /* 3848 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3849 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3850 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3851 ** 3852 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3853 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3854 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3855 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3856 ** 3857 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3858 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3859 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3860 */ 3861 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3862 int rc; /* Return code */ 3863 3864 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3865 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3866 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3867 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3868 */ 3869 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3870 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3871 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3872 ); 3873 3874 do { 3875 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3876 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3877 return rc; 3878 } 3879 3880 /* 3881 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3882 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3883 ** 3884 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3885 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3886 ** 3887 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3888 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3889 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3890 ** 3891 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3892 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3893 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3894 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3895 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3896 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3897 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3898 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3899 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3900 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3901 */ 3902 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3903 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3904 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3905 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3906 } 3907 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3908 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3909 } 3910 #else 3911 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3912 #endif 3913 3914 /* 3915 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3916 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3917 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3918 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3919 ** 3920 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3921 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3922 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3923 ** then continue writing to the database. 3924 */ 3925 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3926 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 3927 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3928 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3929 3930 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3931 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3932 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3933 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3934 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3935 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3936 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3937 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3938 ** is no longer correct. */ 3939 } 3940 3941 3942 /* 3943 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3944 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 3945 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 3946 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 3947 ** 3948 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 3949 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 3950 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 3951 ** content as this process. 3952 ** 3953 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 3954 ** an SQLite error code. 3955 */ 3956 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 3957 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3958 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 3959 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 3960 } 3961 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3962 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 3963 } 3964 return rc; 3965 } 3966 3967 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3968 /* 3969 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 3970 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 3971 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 3972 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 3973 ** *ppPage to zero. 3974 ** 3975 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 3976 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 3977 */ 3978 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 3979 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3980 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 3981 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 3982 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 3983 ){ 3984 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 3985 3986 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 3987 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3988 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 3989 p->pDirty = 0; 3990 assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 ); 3991 memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8); 3992 }else{ 3993 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 3994 if( p==0 ){ 3995 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 3996 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3997 } 3998 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 3999 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 4000 p->nRef = 1; 4001 p->pPager = pPager; 4002 } 4003 4004 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 4005 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 4006 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 4007 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 4008 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 4009 4010 p->pgno = pgno; 4011 p->pData = pData; 4012 pPager->nMmapOut++; 4013 4014 return SQLITE_OK; 4015 } 4016 #endif 4017 4018 /* 4019 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 4020 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 4021 */ 4022 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4023 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4024 pPager->nMmapOut--; 4025 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4026 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 4027 4028 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 4029 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 4030 } 4031 4032 /* 4033 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 4034 */ 4035 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 4036 PgHdr *p; 4037 PgHdr *pNext; 4038 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 4039 pNext = p->pDirty; 4040 sqlite3_free(p); 4041 } 4042 } 4043 4044 4045 /* 4046 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 4047 ** 4048 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 4049 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 4050 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 4051 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 4052 ** result in a coredump. 4053 ** 4054 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 4055 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 4056 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 4057 ** to the caller. 4058 */ 4059 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 4060 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; 4061 4062 assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 4063 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4064 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 4065 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4066 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 4067 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 4068 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 4069 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4070 assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); 4071 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, 4072 (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp) 4073 ); 4074 pPager->pWal = 0; 4075 #endif 4076 pager_reset(pPager); 4077 if( MEMDB ){ 4078 pager_unlock(pPager); 4079 }else{ 4080 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4081 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4082 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4083 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4084 ** 4085 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4086 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4087 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4088 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4089 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4090 */ 4091 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4092 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4093 } 4094 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4095 } 4096 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4097 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4098 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4099 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4100 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4101 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4102 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4103 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4104 4105 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4106 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4107 #endif 4108 4109 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4110 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4111 4112 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4113 return SQLITE_OK; 4114 } 4115 4116 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4117 /* 4118 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4119 */ 4120 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4121 return pPg->pgno; 4122 } 4123 #endif 4124 4125 /* 4126 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4127 */ 4128 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4129 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4130 } 4131 4132 /* 4133 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4134 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4135 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4136 ** 4137 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4138 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4139 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4140 ** 4141 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4142 ** be taken. 4143 ** 4144 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4145 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4146 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4147 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4148 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4149 ** 4150 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4151 ** journal file is synced. 4152 ** 4153 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4154 ** 4155 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4156 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4157 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4158 ** <update nRec field> 4159 ** } 4160 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4161 ** } 4162 ** 4163 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4164 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4165 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4166 */ 4167 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4168 int rc; /* Return code */ 4169 4170 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4171 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4172 ); 4173 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4174 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4175 4176 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4177 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4178 4179 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4180 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4181 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4182 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4183 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4184 4185 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4186 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4187 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4188 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4189 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4190 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4191 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4192 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4193 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4194 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4195 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4196 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4197 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4198 ** 4199 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4200 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4201 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4202 ** 4203 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4204 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4205 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4206 ** the potential journal header. 4207 */ 4208 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4209 u8 aMagic[8]; 4210 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4211 4212 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4213 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4214 4215 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4216 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4217 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4218 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4219 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4220 } 4221 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4222 return rc; 4223 } 4224 4225 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4226 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4227 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4228 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4229 ** 4230 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4231 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4232 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4233 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4234 ** and never needs to be updated. 4235 */ 4236 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4237 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4238 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4239 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4240 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4241 } 4242 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4243 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4244 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4245 ); 4246 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4247 } 4248 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4249 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4250 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4251 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4252 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4253 ); 4254 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4255 } 4256 4257 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4258 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4259 pPager->nRec = 0; 4260 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4261 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4262 } 4263 }else{ 4264 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4265 } 4266 } 4267 4268 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4269 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4270 ** all pages. 4271 */ 4272 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4273 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4274 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4275 return SQLITE_OK; 4276 } 4277 4278 /* 4279 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4280 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4281 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4282 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4283 ** a no-op. 4284 ** 4285 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4286 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4287 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4288 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4289 ** 4290 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4291 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4292 ** written out. 4293 ** 4294 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4295 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4296 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4297 ** 4298 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4299 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4300 ** 4301 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4302 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4303 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4304 ** the database file. 4305 ** 4306 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4307 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4308 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4309 */ 4310 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4311 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4312 4313 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4314 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4315 assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4316 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4317 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); 4318 4319 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4320 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4321 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4322 */ 4323 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4324 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4325 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4326 } 4327 4328 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4329 ** file size will be. 4330 */ 4331 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4332 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4333 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4334 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4335 ){ 4336 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4337 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4338 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4339 } 4340 4341 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4342 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4343 4344 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4345 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4346 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4347 ** any such pages to the file. 4348 ** 4349 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4350 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4351 */ 4352 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4353 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4354 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4355 4356 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4357 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4358 4359 /* Encode the database */ 4360 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData); 4361 4362 /* Write out the page data. */ 4363 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4364 4365 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4366 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4367 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4368 */ 4369 if( pgno==1 ){ 4370 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4371 } 4372 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4373 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4374 } 4375 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4376 4377 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4378 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4379 4380 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4381 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4382 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4383 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4384 }else{ 4385 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4386 } 4387 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4388 pList = pList->pDirty; 4389 } 4390 4391 return rc; 4392 } 4393 4394 /* 4395 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4396 ** function is a no-op. 4397 ** 4398 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4399 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4400 ** fails. 4401 */ 4402 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4403 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4404 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4405 const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 4406 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 4407 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 4408 int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 4409 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4410 nStmtSpill = -1; 4411 } 4412 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); 4413 } 4414 return rc; 4415 } 4416 4417 /* 4418 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4419 ** 4420 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4421 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4422 ** 4423 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4424 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4425 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4426 ** bitvec. 4427 */ 4428 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4429 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4430 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4431 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4432 4433 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4434 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4435 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4436 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4437 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4438 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4439 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4440 ); 4441 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4442 4443 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4444 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4445 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4446 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4447 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4448 char *pData2; 4449 4450 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 4451 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4452 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4453 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4454 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4455 } 4456 } 4457 } 4458 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4459 pPager->nSubRec++; 4460 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4461 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4462 } 4463 return rc; 4464 } 4465 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4466 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4467 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4468 }else{ 4469 return SQLITE_OK; 4470 } 4471 } 4472 4473 /* 4474 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4475 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4476 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4477 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4478 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4479 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4480 ** argument. 4481 ** 4482 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4483 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4484 ** journal file. 4485 ** 4486 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4487 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4488 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4489 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4490 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4491 */ 4492 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4493 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4494 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4495 4496 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4497 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4498 4499 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4500 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4501 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4502 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4503 ** 4504 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4505 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4506 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4507 ** 4508 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4509 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4510 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4511 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4512 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4513 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4514 */ 4515 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4516 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4517 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4518 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4519 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4520 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4521 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4522 ){ 4523 return SQLITE_OK; 4524 } 4525 4526 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4527 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4528 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4529 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4530 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4531 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4532 } 4533 }else{ 4534 4535 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4536 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4537 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4538 ){ 4539 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4540 } 4541 4542 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4543 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4544 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4545 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4546 } 4547 } 4548 4549 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4550 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4551 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4552 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4553 } 4554 4555 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4556 } 4557 4558 /* 4559 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. 4560 */ 4561 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ 4562 int rc = pPager->errCode; 4563 if( !MEMDB ){ 4564 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 4565 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4566 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4567 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 4568 if( pList->nRef==0 ){ 4569 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); 4570 } 4571 pList = pNext; 4572 } 4573 } 4574 4575 return rc; 4576 } 4577 4578 /* 4579 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4580 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4581 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4582 ** 4583 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4584 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4585 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4586 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4587 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4588 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4589 ** 4590 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4591 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4592 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the 4593 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized. 4594 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.) 4595 ** 4596 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4597 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4598 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4599 ** 4600 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4601 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4602 ** 4603 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4604 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4605 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4606 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4607 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4608 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4609 */ 4610 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4611 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4612 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4613 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4614 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4615 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4616 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4617 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4618 ){ 4619 u8 *pPtr; 4620 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4621 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4622 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4623 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4624 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4625 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4626 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4627 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4628 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4629 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4630 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4631 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4632 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4633 4634 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4635 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ 4636 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4637 4638 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4639 *ppPager = 0; 4640 4641 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4642 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4643 memDb = 1; 4644 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4645 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4646 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4647 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4648 zFilename = 0; 4649 } 4650 } 4651 #endif 4652 4653 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4654 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4655 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4656 */ 4657 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4658 const char *z; 4659 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4660 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4661 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4662 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4663 } 4664 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4665 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4666 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4667 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4668 while( *z ){ 4669 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4670 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4671 } 4672 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4673 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4674 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4675 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4676 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4677 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4678 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4679 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4680 */ 4681 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4682 } 4683 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4684 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4685 return rc; 4686 } 4687 } 4688 4689 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4690 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4691 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4692 ** 4693 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4694 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4695 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4696 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4697 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4698 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4699 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4700 */ 4701 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4702 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4703 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4704 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4705 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4706 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4707 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4708 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4709 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4710 #endif 4711 ); 4712 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4713 if( !pPtr ){ 4714 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4715 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4716 } 4717 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4718 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4719 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4720 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4721 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4722 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4723 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4724 4725 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4726 if( zPathname ){ 4727 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4728 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4729 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4730 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4731 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4732 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4733 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4734 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4735 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4736 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4737 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4738 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4739 #endif 4740 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4741 } 4742 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4743 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4744 4745 /* Open the pager file. 4746 */ 4747 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4748 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4749 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4750 assert( !memDb ); 4751 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4752 4753 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4754 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4755 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4756 ** 4757 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4758 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4759 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4760 */ 4761 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4762 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4763 if( !readOnly ){ 4764 setSectorSize(pPager); 4765 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4766 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4767 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4768 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4769 }else{ 4770 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4771 } 4772 } 4773 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4774 { 4775 int ii; 4776 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4777 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4778 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4779 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4780 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4781 szPageDflt = ii; 4782 } 4783 } 4784 } 4785 #endif 4786 } 4787 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4788 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4789 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4790 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4791 goto act_like_temp_file; 4792 } 4793 } 4794 }else{ 4795 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4796 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4797 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4798 ** 4799 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4800 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4801 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4802 ** 4803 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4804 */ 4805 act_like_temp_file: 4806 tempFile = 1; 4807 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4808 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4809 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4810 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4811 } 4812 4813 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4814 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4815 */ 4816 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4817 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4818 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4819 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4820 } 4821 4822 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4823 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4824 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4825 assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 ); 4826 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4827 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4828 } 4829 4830 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4831 */ 4832 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4833 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4834 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4835 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4836 return rc; 4837 } 4838 4839 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4840 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4841 4842 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4843 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4844 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4845 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4846 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4847 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4848 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4849 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4850 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4851 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4852 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4853 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4854 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4855 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4856 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4857 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4858 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4859 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4860 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4861 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4862 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4863 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4864 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); 4865 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4866 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 4867 assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); 4868 }else{ 4869 pPager->fullSync = 1; 4870 pPager->extraSync = 0; 4871 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4872 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 4873 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4874 } 4875 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 4876 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 4877 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 4878 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 4879 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 4880 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 4881 setSectorSize(pPager); 4882 if( !useJournal ){ 4883 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 4884 }else if( memDb ){ 4885 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 4886 } 4887 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 4888 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 4889 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 4890 setGetterMethod(pPager); 4891 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 4892 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 4893 4894 *ppPager = pPager; 4895 return SQLITE_OK; 4896 } 4897 4898 4899 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4900 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought 4901 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4902 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4903 */ 4904 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4905 int bHasMoved = 0; 4906 int rc; 4907 4908 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4909 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4910 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4911 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4912 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4913 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4914 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4915 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4916 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4917 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4918 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4919 } 4920 return rc; 4921 } 4922 4923 4924 /* 4925 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 4926 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 4927 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 4928 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 4929 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 4930 ** 4931 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 4932 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 4933 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 4934 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 4935 ** 4936 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 4937 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 4938 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 4939 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 4940 ** is returned. 4941 ** 4942 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 4943 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 4944 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 4945 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 4946 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 4947 ** will not roll it back. 4948 ** 4949 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 4950 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 4951 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 4952 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 4953 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 4954 */ 4955 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 4956 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 4957 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4958 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 4959 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 4960 4961 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4962 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4963 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 4964 4965 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 4966 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 4967 )); 4968 4969 *pExists = 0; 4970 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4971 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 4972 } 4973 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 4974 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 4975 4976 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 4977 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 4978 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 4979 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 4980 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 4981 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 4982 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 4983 */ 4984 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 4985 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 4986 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 4987 4988 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 4989 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 4990 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4991 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 4992 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 4993 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 4994 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 4995 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 4996 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 4997 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 4998 */ 4999 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 5000 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5001 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 5002 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 5003 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5004 } 5005 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5006 }else{ 5007 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 5008 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 5009 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 5010 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 5011 ** it can be ignored. 5012 */ 5013 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5014 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5015 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 5016 } 5017 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5018 u8 first = 0; 5019 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 5020 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5021 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5022 } 5023 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5024 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5025 } 5026 *pExists = (first!=0); 5027 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 5028 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 5029 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 5030 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 5031 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 5032 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 5033 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 5034 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 5035 ** worry so much with race conditions. 5036 */ 5037 *pExists = 1; 5038 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5039 } 5040 } 5041 } 5042 } 5043 } 5044 5045 return rc; 5046 } 5047 5048 /* 5049 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 5050 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function 5051 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 5052 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 5053 ** 5054 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 5055 ** 5056 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 5057 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 5058 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 5059 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 5060 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 5061 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 5062 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 5063 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 5064 ** 5065 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 5066 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 5067 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 5068 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 5069 ** file. 5070 ** 5071 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 5072 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 5073 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 5074 */ 5075 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 5076 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5077 5078 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 5079 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 5080 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 5081 ** exclusive access mode. */ 5082 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 5083 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5084 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5085 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5086 5087 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5088 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5089 5090 assert( !MEMDB ); 5091 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 5092 5093 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5094 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5095 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5096 goto failed; 5097 } 5098 5099 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5100 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5101 */ 5102 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5103 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5104 } 5105 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5106 goto failed; 5107 } 5108 if( bHotJournal ){ 5109 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5110 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5111 goto failed; 5112 } 5113 5114 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5115 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5116 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5117 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5118 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5119 ** hot-journal back. 5120 ** 5121 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5122 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5123 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5124 ** on the database file. 5125 ** 5126 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5127 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5128 */ 5129 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5130 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5131 goto failed; 5132 } 5133 5134 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5135 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5136 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5137 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5138 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5139 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5140 ** 5141 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5142 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5143 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5144 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5145 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5146 */ 5147 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5148 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5149 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5150 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5151 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5152 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5153 int fout = 0; 5154 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5155 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5156 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5157 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5158 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5159 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5160 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5161 } 5162 } 5163 } 5164 5165 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5166 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5167 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5168 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5169 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5170 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5171 ** the journal before playing it back. 5172 */ 5173 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5174 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5175 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5176 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5177 rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); 5178 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5179 } 5180 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5181 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5182 } 5183 5184 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5185 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5186 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5187 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5188 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5189 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5190 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5191 ** 5192 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5193 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5194 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5195 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5196 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5197 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5198 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5199 ** references. 5200 */ 5201 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5202 goto failed; 5203 } 5204 5205 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5206 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5207 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5208 ); 5209 } 5210 5211 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5212 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5213 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5214 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5215 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5216 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5217 ** 5218 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5219 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5220 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5221 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5222 ** a codec is in use. 5223 ** 5224 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5225 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5226 ** it can be neglected. 5227 */ 5228 Pgno nPage = 0; 5229 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5230 5231 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5232 if( rc ) goto failed; 5233 5234 if( nPage>0 ){ 5235 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5236 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5237 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5238 goto failed; 5239 } 5240 }else{ 5241 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5242 } 5243 5244 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5245 pager_reset(pPager); 5246 5247 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5248 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5249 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5250 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5251 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5252 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5253 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5254 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5255 } 5256 } 5257 } 5258 5259 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5260 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5261 */ 5262 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5263 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5264 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5265 #endif 5266 } 5267 5268 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5269 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5270 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5271 } 5272 5273 if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5274 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5275 } 5276 5277 failed: 5278 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5279 assert( !MEMDB ); 5280 pager_unlock(pPager); 5281 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5282 }else{ 5283 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5284 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5285 } 5286 return rc; 5287 } 5288 5289 /* 5290 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5291 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5292 ** 5293 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5294 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5295 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5296 */ 5297 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5298 if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ 5299 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5300 } 5301 } 5302 5303 /* 5304 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a 5305 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is 5306 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5307 ** 5308 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending 5309 ** on the current state of the pager. 5310 ** 5311 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter 5312 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state 5313 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled 5314 ** 5315 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5316 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5317 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5318 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5319 ** object with no outstanding references. 5320 ** 5321 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5322 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5323 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5324 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5325 ** 5326 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if 5327 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the 5328 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5329 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5330 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5331 ** 5332 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about 5333 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5334 ** 5335 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5336 ** 5337 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5338 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5339 ** from the savepoint journal. 5340 ** 5341 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead 5342 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5343 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5344 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5345 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5346 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5347 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5348 ** 5349 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5350 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5351 ** 5352 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5353 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5354 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5355 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5356 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5357 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5358 ** or journal files. 5359 */ 5360 static int getPageNormal( 5361 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5362 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5363 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5364 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5365 ){ 5366 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5367 PgHdr *pPg; 5368 u8 noContent; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */ 5369 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5370 5371 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5372 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5373 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5374 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5375 5376 if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5377 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5378 if( pBase==0 ){ 5379 pPg = 0; 5380 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5381 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5382 if( pBase==0 ){ 5383 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5384 goto pager_acquire_err; 5385 } 5386 } 5387 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5388 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5389 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5390 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5391 5392 noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0; 5393 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5394 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5395 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5396 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5397 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5398 return SQLITE_OK; 5399 5400 }else{ 5401 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5402 ** be initialized. But first some error checks: 5403 ** 5404 ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31 5405 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page 5406 */ 5407 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5408 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5409 goto pager_acquire_err; 5410 } 5411 5412 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5413 5414 assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); 5415 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){ 5416 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5417 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5418 goto pager_acquire_err; 5419 } 5420 if( noContent ){ 5421 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5422 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5423 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5424 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5425 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5426 */ 5427 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5428 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5429 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5430 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5431 } 5432 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5433 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5434 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5435 } 5436 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5437 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5438 }else{ 5439 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5440 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5441 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5442 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5443 } 5444 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5445 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5446 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 5447 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5448 goto pager_acquire_err; 5449 } 5450 } 5451 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5452 } 5453 return SQLITE_OK; 5454 5455 pager_acquire_err: 5456 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5457 if( pPg ){ 5458 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5459 } 5460 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5461 *ppPage = 0; 5462 return rc; 5463 } 5464 5465 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 5466 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */ 5467 static int getPageMMap( 5468 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5469 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5470 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5471 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5472 ){ 5473 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5474 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5475 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5476 5477 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5478 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5479 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5480 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5481 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 5482 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5483 ); 5484 5485 assert( USEFETCH(pPager) ); 5486 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5487 assert( pPager->xCodec==0 ); 5488 #endif 5489 5490 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5491 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5492 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5493 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5494 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5495 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5496 } 5497 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5498 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5499 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5500 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5501 5502 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5503 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5504 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5505 *ppPage = 0; 5506 return rc; 5507 } 5508 } 5509 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5510 void *pData = 0; 5511 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5512 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5513 ); 5514 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5515 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ 5516 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5517 } 5518 if( pPg==0 ){ 5519 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5520 }else{ 5521 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5522 } 5523 if( pPg ){ 5524 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5525 *ppPage = pPg; 5526 return SQLITE_OK; 5527 } 5528 } 5529 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5530 *ppPage = 0; 5531 return rc; 5532 } 5533 } 5534 return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5535 } 5536 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 5537 5538 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */ 5539 static int getPageError( 5540 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5541 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5542 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5543 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5544 ){ 5545 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno); 5546 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); 5547 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 5548 *ppPage = 0; 5549 return pPager->errCode; 5550 } 5551 5552 5553 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method. 5554 */ 5555 int sqlite3PagerGet( 5556 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5557 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5558 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5559 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5560 ){ 5561 return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5562 } 5563 5564 /* 5565 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5566 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5567 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5568 ** 5569 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5570 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5571 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5572 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5573 ** has ever happened. 5574 */ 5575 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5576 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5577 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5578 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5579 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5580 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5581 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5582 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5583 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5584 } 5585 5586 /* 5587 ** Release a page reference. 5588 ** 5589 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the 5590 ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages 5591 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is 5592 ** removed. 5593 */ 5594 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5595 Pager *pPager; 5596 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5597 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5598 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5599 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5600 }else{ 5601 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5602 } 5603 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5604 } 5605 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5606 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5607 } 5608 5609 /* 5610 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5611 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5612 ** file when this routine is called. 5613 ** 5614 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5615 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5616 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5617 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5618 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5619 ** 5620 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5621 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5622 ** already open file. 5623 ** 5624 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5625 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5626 ** 5627 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5628 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5629 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5630 */ 5631 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5632 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5633 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5634 5635 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5636 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5637 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5638 5639 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5640 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5641 ** an error state. */ 5642 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5643 5644 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5645 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5646 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5647 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5648 } 5649 5650 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5651 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5652 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5653 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5654 }else{ 5655 int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; 5656 int nSpill; 5657 5658 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 5659 flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); 5660 nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 5661 }else{ 5662 flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5663 nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); 5664 } 5665 5666 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5667 ** it was originally opened. */ 5668 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5669 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5670 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( 5671 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill 5672 ); 5673 } 5674 } 5675 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5676 } 5677 5678 5679 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5680 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5681 */ 5682 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5683 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5684 pPager->nRec = 0; 5685 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5686 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5687 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5688 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5689 } 5690 } 5691 5692 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5693 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5694 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5695 }else{ 5696 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5697 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5698 } 5699 5700 return rc; 5701 } 5702 5703 /* 5704 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5705 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5706 ** 5707 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5708 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5709 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5710 ** functions need be called. 5711 ** 5712 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5713 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5714 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5715 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5716 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5717 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5718 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5719 */ 5720 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5721 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5722 5723 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5724 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5725 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5726 5727 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5728 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5729 5730 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5731 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5732 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5733 */ 5734 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5735 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5736 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5737 return rc; 5738 } 5739 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5740 } 5741 5742 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5743 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5744 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5745 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5746 */ 5747 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5748 }else{ 5749 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5750 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5751 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5752 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5753 */ 5754 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5755 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5756 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5757 } 5758 } 5759 5760 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5761 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5762 ** 5763 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5764 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5765 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5766 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5767 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5768 ** WAL mode. 5769 */ 5770 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5771 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5772 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5773 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5774 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5775 } 5776 5777 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5778 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5779 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5780 } 5781 5782 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5783 return rc; 5784 } 5785 5786 /* 5787 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5788 */ 5789 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5790 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5791 int rc; 5792 u32 cksum; 5793 char *pData2; 5794 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5795 5796 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5797 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5798 ** that we do not. */ 5799 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5800 5801 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5802 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 5803 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5804 5805 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5806 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5807 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5808 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5809 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5810 ** then corruption may follow. 5811 */ 5812 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5813 5814 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5815 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5816 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5817 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5818 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5819 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5820 5821 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5822 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5823 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5824 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5825 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5826 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5827 5828 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5829 pPager->nRec++; 5830 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5831 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5832 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5833 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5834 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5835 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5836 return rc; 5837 } 5838 5839 /* 5840 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5841 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5842 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5843 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5844 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5845 */ 5846 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5847 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5848 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5849 5850 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5851 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5852 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5853 */ 5854 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5855 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5856 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5857 ); 5858 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5859 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5860 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5861 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5862 5863 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5864 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5865 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5866 ** 5867 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5868 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5869 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5870 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5871 */ 5872 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5873 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5874 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5875 } 5876 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5877 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5878 5879 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 5880 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5881 5882 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 5883 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 5884 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 5885 */ 5886 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5887 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 5888 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 5889 ){ 5890 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 5891 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5892 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 5893 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5894 return rc; 5895 } 5896 }else{ 5897 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 5898 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5899 } 5900 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 5901 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5902 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 5903 } 5904 } 5905 5906 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 5907 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 5908 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 5909 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 5910 */ 5911 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5912 5913 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 5914 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 5915 */ 5916 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 5917 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5918 } 5919 5920 /* Update the database size and return. */ 5921 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 5922 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 5923 } 5924 return rc; 5925 } 5926 5927 /* 5928 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 5929 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 5930 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 5931 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 5932 ** a write. 5933 ** 5934 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 5935 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 5936 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 5937 */ 5938 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 5939 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5940 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 5941 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 5942 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 5943 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 5944 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 5945 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 5946 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 5947 5948 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 5949 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 5950 ** this function. 5951 */ 5952 assert( !MEMDB ); 5953 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 5954 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5955 5956 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 5957 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 5958 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 5959 */ 5960 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 5961 5962 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 5963 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 5964 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 5965 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 5966 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 5967 }else{ 5968 nPage = nPagePerSector; 5969 } 5970 assert(nPage>0); 5971 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 5972 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 5973 5974 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 5975 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 5976 PgHdr *pPage; 5977 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 5978 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5979 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); 5980 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5981 rc = pager_write(pPage); 5982 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5983 needSync = 1; 5984 } 5985 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5986 } 5987 } 5988 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 5989 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5990 needSync = 1; 5991 } 5992 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5993 } 5994 } 5995 5996 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 5997 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 5998 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 5999 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 6000 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 6001 */ 6002 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 6003 assert( !MEMDB ); 6004 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 6005 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 6006 if( pPage ){ 6007 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6008 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6009 } 6010 } 6011 } 6012 6013 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 6014 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6015 return rc; 6016 } 6017 6018 /* 6019 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 6020 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 6021 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 6022 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 6023 ** 6024 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 6025 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 6026 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 6027 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 6028 ** 6029 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 6030 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6031 */ 6032 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6033 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6034 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 6035 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6036 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6037 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 6038 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6039 return SQLITE_OK; 6040 }else if( pPager->errCode ){ 6041 return pPager->errCode; 6042 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 6043 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 6044 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 6045 }else{ 6046 return pager_write(pPg); 6047 } 6048 } 6049 6050 /* 6051 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 6052 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 6053 ** to change the content of the page. 6054 */ 6055 #ifndef NDEBUG 6056 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 6057 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6058 } 6059 #endif 6060 6061 /* 6062 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 6063 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 6064 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 6065 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 6066 ** content no longer matters. 6067 ** 6068 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 6069 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 6070 ** that it does not get written to disk. 6071 ** 6072 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 6073 ** DELETE operations. 6074 ** 6075 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may 6076 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if 6077 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need 6078 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the 6079 ** current transaction is rolled back. 6080 */ 6081 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6082 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6083 if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 6084 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 6085 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 6086 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 6087 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6088 testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); 6089 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 6090 } 6091 } 6092 6093 /* 6094 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 6095 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 6096 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 6097 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 6098 ** 6099 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 6100 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 6101 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 6102 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 6103 ** 6104 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 6105 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 6106 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 6107 ** transaction is committed. 6108 ** 6109 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 6110 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 6111 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 6112 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 6113 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 6114 */ 6115 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 6116 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6117 6118 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6119 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6120 ); 6121 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6122 6123 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 6124 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 6125 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 6126 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 6127 ** 6128 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 6129 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 6130 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 6131 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 6132 */ 6133 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6134 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 6135 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 6136 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 6137 #else 6138 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 6139 #endif 6140 6141 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 6142 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 6143 6144 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 6145 6146 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6147 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); 6148 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6149 6150 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6151 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6152 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6153 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6154 */ 6155 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6156 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6157 } 6158 6159 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6160 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6161 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6162 6163 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6164 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6165 const void *zBuf; 6166 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6167 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf); 6168 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6169 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6170 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6171 } 6172 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6173 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6174 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6175 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6176 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6177 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6178 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6179 } 6180 }else{ 6181 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6182 } 6183 } 6184 6185 /* Release the page reference. */ 6186 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6187 } 6188 return rc; 6189 } 6190 6191 /* 6192 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6193 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6194 ** 6195 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6196 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6197 */ 6198 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6199 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6200 6201 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 6202 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6203 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6204 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6205 } 6206 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6207 assert( !MEMDB ); 6208 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6209 } 6210 return rc; 6211 } 6212 6213 /* 6214 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6215 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6216 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6217 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6218 ** 6219 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6220 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6221 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6222 ** returned. 6223 */ 6224 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6225 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6226 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6227 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6228 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6229 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6230 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6231 ); 6232 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6233 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6234 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6235 } 6236 } 6237 return rc; 6238 } 6239 6240 /* 6241 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6242 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6243 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6244 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6245 ** 6246 ** This routine ensures that: 6247 ** 6248 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6249 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6250 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6251 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6252 ** * the database file synced. 6253 ** 6254 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6255 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6256 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6257 ** 6258 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6259 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6260 ** 6261 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6262 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6263 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6264 ** journal file in this case. 6265 */ 6266 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6267 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6268 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6269 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6270 ){ 6271 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6272 6273 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6274 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6275 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6276 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6277 ); 6278 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6279 6280 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6281 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6282 6283 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ 6284 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; 6285 6286 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6287 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6288 6289 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6290 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6291 6292 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 6293 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 6294 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ 6295 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6296 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6297 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ 6298 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6299 }else{ 6300 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6301 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6302 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6303 if( pList==0 ){ 6304 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6305 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6306 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); 6307 pList = pPageOne; 6308 pList->pDirty = 0; 6309 } 6310 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6311 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6312 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6313 } 6314 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6315 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6316 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6317 } 6318 }else{ 6319 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6320 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6321 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6322 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6323 ** 6324 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6325 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6326 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6327 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6328 ** 6329 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6330 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6331 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6332 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6333 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6334 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6335 ** mode. 6336 ** 6337 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6338 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6339 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6340 ** created for this transaction. 6341 */ 6342 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6343 PgHdr *pPg; 6344 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6345 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6346 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6347 ); 6348 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6349 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6350 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6351 && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6352 ){ 6353 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6354 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6355 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6356 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6357 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6358 */ 6359 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6360 }else{ 6361 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6362 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6363 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6364 } 6365 } 6366 #else 6367 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6368 #endif 6369 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6370 6371 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6372 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6373 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6374 */ 6375 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6376 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6377 6378 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6379 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6380 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6381 ** 6382 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6383 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6384 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6385 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6386 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6387 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6388 */ 6389 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6390 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6391 6392 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); 6393 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6394 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6395 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6396 } 6397 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6398 6399 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6400 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6401 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6402 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6403 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6404 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6405 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6406 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6407 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6408 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6409 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6410 } 6411 6412 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6413 if( !noSync ){ 6414 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6415 } 6416 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6417 } 6418 } 6419 6420 commit_phase_one_exit: 6421 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6422 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6423 } 6424 return rc; 6425 } 6426 6427 6428 /* 6429 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6430 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6431 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6432 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6433 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6434 ** 6435 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6436 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6437 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6438 ** irrevocably committed. 6439 ** 6440 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6441 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6442 */ 6443 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6444 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6445 6446 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6447 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6448 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6449 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6450 6451 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6452 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6453 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6454 ); 6455 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6456 6457 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6458 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6459 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6460 ** 6461 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6462 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6463 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6464 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6465 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6466 ** to drop any locks either. 6467 */ 6468 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6469 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6470 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6471 ){ 6472 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6473 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6474 return SQLITE_OK; 6475 } 6476 6477 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6478 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6479 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6480 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6481 } 6482 6483 /* 6484 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6485 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6486 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6487 ** state if an error occurs. 6488 ** 6489 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6490 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6491 ** 6492 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6493 ** 6494 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6495 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6496 ** was opened, and 6497 ** 6498 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6499 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6500 ** 6501 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6502 ** rollback is successful. 6503 ** 6504 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6505 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6506 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6507 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6508 */ 6509 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6510 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6511 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6512 6513 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6514 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6515 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6516 */ 6517 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6518 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6519 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6520 6521 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6522 int rc2; 6523 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6524 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6525 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6526 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6527 int eState = pPager->eState; 6528 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6529 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6530 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6531 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6532 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6533 */ 6534 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6535 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6536 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6537 return rc; 6538 } 6539 }else{ 6540 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6541 } 6542 6543 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6544 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6545 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6546 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6547 ); 6548 6549 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6550 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6551 */ 6552 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6553 } 6554 6555 /* 6556 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6557 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6558 */ 6559 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6560 return pPager->readOnly; 6561 } 6562 6563 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6564 /* 6565 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6566 */ 6567 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6568 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6569 } 6570 #endif 6571 6572 /* 6573 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6574 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6575 */ 6576 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6577 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6578 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6579 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6580 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6581 + pPager->pageSize; 6582 } 6583 6584 /* 6585 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6586 */ 6587 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6588 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6589 } 6590 6591 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6592 /* 6593 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6594 */ 6595 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6596 static int a[11]; 6597 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6598 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6599 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6600 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6601 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6602 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6603 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6604 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6605 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6606 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6607 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6608 return a; 6609 } 6610 #endif 6611 6612 /* 6613 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or 6614 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6615 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6616 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6617 ** returning. 6618 */ 6619 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6620 6621 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6622 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6623 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6624 ); 6625 6626 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6627 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6628 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); 6629 6630 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; 6631 if( reset ){ 6632 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; 6633 } 6634 } 6635 6636 /* 6637 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. 6638 */ 6639 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6640 return pPager->tempFile; 6641 } 6642 6643 /* 6644 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6645 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6646 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6647 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6648 ** 6649 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6650 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6651 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6652 */ 6653 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6654 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6655 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6656 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6657 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6658 6659 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6660 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6661 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6662 6663 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6664 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6665 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6666 */ 6667 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6668 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6669 ); 6670 if( !aNew ){ 6671 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6672 } 6673 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6674 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6675 6676 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6677 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6678 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6679 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6680 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6681 }else{ 6682 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6683 } 6684 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6685 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6686 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6687 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6688 } 6689 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6690 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6691 } 6692 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6693 } 6694 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6695 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6696 return rc; 6697 } 6698 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6699 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6700 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6701 6702 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6703 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6704 }else{ 6705 return SQLITE_OK; 6706 } 6707 } 6708 6709 6710 /* 6711 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6712 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6713 ** created savepoint. 6714 ** 6715 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6716 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6717 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6718 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6719 ** 6720 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6721 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6722 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6723 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6724 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6725 ** 6726 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6727 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6728 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6729 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6730 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6731 ** 6732 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6733 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6734 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6735 ** 6736 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6737 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6738 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6739 */ 6740 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6741 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6742 6743 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6744 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6745 #endif 6746 6747 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6748 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6749 6750 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6751 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6752 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6753 6754 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6755 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6756 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6757 */ 6758 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6759 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6760 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6761 } 6762 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6763 6764 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6765 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6766 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6767 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6768 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6769 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6770 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6771 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6772 } 6773 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6774 } 6775 } 6776 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6777 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6778 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6779 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6780 */ 6781 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6782 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6783 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6784 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6785 } 6786 6787 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6788 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled 6789 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, 6790 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction 6791 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ 6792 else if( 6793 pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6794 && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6795 ){ 6796 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6797 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6798 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6799 } 6800 #endif 6801 } 6802 6803 return rc; 6804 } 6805 6806 /* 6807 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6808 ** 6809 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6810 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6811 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6812 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6813 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6814 ** participate in shared-cache. 6815 */ 6816 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6817 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6818 } 6819 6820 /* 6821 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6822 */ 6823 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6824 return pPager->pVfs; 6825 } 6826 6827 /* 6828 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 6829 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 6830 ** not yet been opened. 6831 */ 6832 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 6833 return pPager->fd; 6834 } 6835 6836 /* 6837 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). 6838 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. 6839 */ 6840 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ 6841 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 6842 return pPager->jfd; 6843 #else 6844 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; 6845 #endif 6846 } 6847 6848 /* 6849 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 6850 */ 6851 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 6852 return pPager->zJournal; 6853 } 6854 6855 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6856 /* 6857 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 6858 */ 6859 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 6860 Pager *pPager, 6861 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 6862 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 6863 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 6864 void *pCodec 6865 ){ 6866 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 6867 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 6868 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 6869 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 6870 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 6871 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6872 pagerReportSize(pPager); 6873 } 6874 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 6875 return pPager->pCodec; 6876 } 6877 6878 /* 6879 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 6880 ** into the log file. 6881 ** 6882 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 6883 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 6884 */ 6885 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 6886 void *aData = 0; 6887 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 6888 return aData; 6889 } 6890 6891 /* 6892 ** Return the current pager state 6893 */ 6894 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 6895 return pPager->eState; 6896 } 6897 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 6898 6899 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 6900 /* 6901 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 6902 ** 6903 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 6904 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 6905 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 6906 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 6907 ** 6908 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 6909 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 6910 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 6911 ** 6912 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 6913 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 6914 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 6915 ** transaction is active). 6916 ** 6917 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 6918 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 6919 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 6920 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 6921 ** 6922 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 6923 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 6924 */ 6925 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 6926 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 6927 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 6928 int rc; /* Return code */ 6929 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 6930 6931 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 6932 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6933 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6934 ); 6935 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6936 6937 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 6938 ** the page we are moving from. 6939 */ 6940 assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); 6941 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 6942 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 6943 if( rc ) return rc; 6944 } 6945 6946 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 6947 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 6948 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 6949 ** 6950 ** BEGIN; 6951 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 6952 ** SAVEPOINT one; 6953 ** <Move page X to location Y> 6954 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 6955 ** 6956 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 6957 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 6958 ** statement were is processed. 6959 ** 6960 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 6961 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 6962 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 6963 */ 6964 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 6965 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 6966 ){ 6967 return rc; 6968 } 6969 6970 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 6971 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 6972 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 6973 6974 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 6975 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 6976 ** 6977 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 6978 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 6979 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 6980 */ 6981 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 6982 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 6983 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 6984 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 6985 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 6986 } 6987 6988 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 6989 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 6990 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 6991 ** for the page moved there. 6992 */ 6993 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6994 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 6995 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); 6996 if( pPgOld ){ 6997 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 6998 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 6999 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 7000 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 7001 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 7002 }else{ 7003 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 7004 } 7005 } 7006 7007 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 7008 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 7009 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 7010 7011 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 7012 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 7013 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 7014 */ 7015 if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ 7016 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 7017 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7018 } 7019 7020 if( needSyncPgno ){ 7021 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 7022 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 7023 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 7024 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 7025 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 7026 ** flag. 7027 ** 7028 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 7029 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 7030 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 7031 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 7032 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 7033 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 7034 */ 7035 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 7036 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); 7037 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7038 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 7039 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 7040 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 7041 } 7042 return rc; 7043 } 7044 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7045 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 7046 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 7047 } 7048 7049 return SQLITE_OK; 7050 } 7051 #endif 7052 7053 /* 7054 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 7055 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 7056 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 7057 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 7058 */ 7059 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 7060 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 7061 pPg->flags = flags; 7062 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 7063 } 7064 7065 /* 7066 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 7067 */ 7068 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 7069 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 7070 return pPg->pData; 7071 } 7072 7073 /* 7074 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 7075 ** allocated along with the specified page. 7076 */ 7077 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 7078 return pPg->pExtra; 7079 } 7080 7081 /* 7082 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 7083 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7084 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 7085 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 7086 ** 7087 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7088 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 7089 ** locking-mode. 7090 */ 7091 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7092 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 7093 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 7094 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 7095 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 7096 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 7097 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 7098 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 7099 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 7100 } 7101 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 7102 } 7103 7104 /* 7105 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 7106 ** 7107 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7108 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7109 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7110 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7111 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 7112 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7113 ** 7114 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 7115 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 7116 ** 7117 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 7118 ** or _MEMORY. 7119 ** 7120 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 7121 ** 7122 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 7123 */ 7124 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7125 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 7126 7127 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 7128 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger 7129 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ 7130 print_pager_state(pPager); 7131 #endif 7132 7133 7134 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 7135 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7136 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7137 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7138 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7139 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7140 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 7141 7142 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 7143 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 7144 ** to WAL mode. 7145 */ 7146 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7147 7148 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 7149 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 7150 */ 7151 if( MEMDB ){ 7152 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 7153 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7154 eMode = eOld; 7155 } 7156 } 7157 7158 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 7159 7160 /* Change the journal mode. */ 7161 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 7162 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 7163 7164 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 7165 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 7166 ** delete the journal file. 7167 */ 7168 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 7169 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 7170 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 7171 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 7172 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 7173 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 7174 7175 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 7176 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 7177 7178 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7179 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7180 ** here is an optimization only. 7181 ** 7182 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7183 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7184 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7185 */ 7186 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7187 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7188 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7189 }else{ 7190 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7191 int state = pPager->eState; 7192 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7193 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7194 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7195 } 7196 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7197 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7198 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7199 } 7200 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7201 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7202 } 7203 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7204 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7205 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7206 pager_unlock(pPager); 7207 } 7208 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7209 } 7210 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7211 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7212 } 7213 } 7214 7215 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7216 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7217 } 7218 7219 /* 7220 ** Return the current journal mode. 7221 */ 7222 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7223 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7224 } 7225 7226 /* 7227 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7228 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7229 ** is unmodified. 7230 */ 7231 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7232 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7233 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7234 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7235 return 1; 7236 } 7237 7238 /* 7239 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7240 ** 7241 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7242 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7243 */ 7244 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7245 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7246 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7247 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7248 } 7249 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7250 } 7251 7252 /* 7253 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7254 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7255 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7256 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7257 */ 7258 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7259 return &pPager->pBackup; 7260 } 7261 7262 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7263 /* 7264 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7265 */ 7266 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7267 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 7268 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7269 } 7270 #endif 7271 7272 7273 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7274 /* 7275 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7276 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7277 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7278 ** 7279 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7280 */ 7281 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint( 7282 Pager *pPager, /* Checkpoint on this pager */ 7283 sqlite3 *db, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */ 7284 int eMode, /* Type of checkpoint */ 7285 int *pnLog, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */ 7286 int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */ 7287 ){ 7288 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7289 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7290 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode, 7291 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7292 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7293 pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7294 pnLog, pnCkpt 7295 ); 7296 } 7297 return rc; 7298 } 7299 7300 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7301 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7302 } 7303 7304 /* 7305 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7306 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7307 */ 7308 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7309 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7310 if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; 7311 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7312 } 7313 7314 /* 7315 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7316 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7317 */ 7318 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7319 int rc; /* Return code */ 7320 7321 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7322 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7323 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7324 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7325 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7326 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7327 } 7328 7329 return rc; 7330 } 7331 7332 /* 7333 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7334 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7335 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7336 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7337 */ 7338 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7339 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7340 7341 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7342 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7343 7344 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7345 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7346 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7347 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7348 */ 7349 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7350 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7351 } 7352 7353 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7354 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7355 */ 7356 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7357 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7358 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7359 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7360 ); 7361 } 7362 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7363 7364 return rc; 7365 } 7366 7367 7368 /* 7369 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7370 ** this function. 7371 ** 7372 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7373 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7374 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7375 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7376 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7377 ** not modified in either case. 7378 ** 7379 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7380 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7381 ** without doing anything. 7382 */ 7383 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7384 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7385 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7386 ){ 7387 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7388 7389 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7390 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7391 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7392 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7393 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7394 7395 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7396 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7397 7398 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7399 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7400 7401 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7402 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7403 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7404 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7405 } 7406 }else{ 7407 *pbOpen = 1; 7408 } 7409 7410 return rc; 7411 } 7412 7413 /* 7414 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7415 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7416 ** 7417 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7418 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7419 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7420 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7421 */ 7422 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 7423 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7424 7425 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7426 7427 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7428 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7429 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7430 */ 7431 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7432 int logexists = 0; 7433 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7434 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7435 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7436 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7437 ); 7438 } 7439 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7440 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7441 } 7442 } 7443 7444 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7445 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7446 */ 7447 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7448 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7449 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7450 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, 7451 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7452 pPager->pWal = 0; 7453 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7454 if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7455 } 7456 } 7457 return rc; 7458 } 7459 7460 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT 7461 /* 7462 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot 7463 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. 7464 */ 7465 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ 7466 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7467 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7468 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); 7469 } 7470 return rc; 7471 } 7472 7473 /* 7474 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a 7475 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 7476 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. 7477 */ 7478 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7479 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7480 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7481 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7482 }else{ 7483 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7484 } 7485 return rc; 7486 } 7487 7488 /* 7489 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this 7490 ** is not a WAL database, return an error. 7491 */ 7492 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ 7493 int rc; 7494 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7495 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal); 7496 }else{ 7497 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7498 } 7499 return rc; 7500 } 7501 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ 7502 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7503 7504 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7505 /* 7506 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7507 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7508 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7509 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7510 ** is empty, return 0. 7511 */ 7512 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7513 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7514 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7515 } 7516 #endif 7517 7518 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7519